year 9 knowledge organisers modules 1 and...
Post on 21-Mar-2021
6 Views
Preview:
TRANSCRIPT
Year 9
Knowledge Organisers
Modules 1 and 2
Knowledge Organisers
At Longfield Academy we believe that a firm grounding in knowledge should be at the core of
students learning With this in mind we have created this lsquoknowledge organiserrsquo booklet to
give you an overview of what your son or daughter will be studying over the next two modules
A knowledge organiser is a set of key facts or information that pupils need to know and be
able to recall in order to master a unit or topic This will help them to develop and deepen
their learning across all of their lessons
Each subject has created one or more knowledge organisers based upon the topics that are
being studied in the first two modules Students should learn this information in their own
time so that they can recall it easily This can be done following these simple steps
Read ndash Spend 5 to 10 minutes reading through a knowledge organiser
Cover ndash Either cover over key topics or simply turn your knowledge organiser over
to ensure that the information is well hidden
Quiz ndash Ask a friend or relative to test your knowledge on what you have learnt
Repeat - Repeat the steps until you have committed the material to memory and
mastered the topic
If you are still struggling with a topic then you might want to carry out further
research and make your own knowledge organiser
Teachers will set this as homework which should be recorded in the student planners Students
will then be tested in lessons via low stakes quizzing to ensure that they have revised their
knowledge organisers You can support your child by
Encouraging them to study their knowledge organiser booklet and learn the material
set
Testing them on their ability to recall the information learnt from the knowledge
organisers
A digital copy of the knowledge organiser booklet can be found on our school website under
the lsquocurriculumrsquo tab The knowledge organiser is part of their stationary equipment and it is
expected that the knowledge organiser should be with the students at all times
Contents On the following pages are knowledge organisers for subjects in the following order
Art
Computer Science
Creative iMedia
Design Technology
Drama
English
Enterprise and Marketing
Food Preparation and Nutrition
French
Geography
History
Maths
Music
Photography
Physical Education
Religious Education
Science
Spanish
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 1
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 2
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer
CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU
Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory
RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive
MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction
MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing
PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program
Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed
ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing
Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data
Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU
Bridge (North South)
Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage
von Neumann Architecture
The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function
Fetch Decode Execute Cycle
Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out
Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)
Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs
An example of a typical PCrsquos innards
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2
Multi Core Processing
Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks
BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4
Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)
The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two
main components
The Control Unit
The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to
the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory
is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache
memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing
capabilities
When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The
programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs
to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process
When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and
running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to
provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per
second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second
The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better
performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of
the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual
core has two CPUrsquos working together
Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)
The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to
direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs
This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast
access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive
compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition
subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)
Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other
so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It
could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an
instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5
Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit
Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)
Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the
computer (1)
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the
computer (2 marks)
The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be
loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory
being used (1)
The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2
marks)
Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes
instructions (1)
Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)
Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)
Statements TRUE FALSE
CPU stands for Central Processing Unit
The CPU fetches and decodes instructions
The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz
If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer
The hard disk drive is part of the CPU
Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a
kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)
A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824
Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent
accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains
frequently accessed data (1)
Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader
BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip
(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a
given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)
A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)
1 gigabyte
State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)
Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)
Data in current use (1)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
RAM Random Access Memory
ROM Read-Only Memory
Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU
Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes
Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM
Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system
POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run
PRIMARY MEMORY
TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED
Cache YES YES Very Fast
RAM YES YES Fast
ROM NO NO Slow
Flash NO YES Slow
RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2
Memory - RAM and ROM
Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM
Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)
RAM is the main memory of a computer
RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use
The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance
When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM
The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow
Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off
When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start
RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge
By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing
This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile
ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence
The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer
Exam Style Questions Vocabulary
State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)
Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current
use
Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads
the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is
currently in use (1)
Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile
RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer
Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the
performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more
programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)
OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of
virtual memory (2)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Knowledge Organisers
At Longfield Academy we believe that a firm grounding in knowledge should be at the core of
students learning With this in mind we have created this lsquoknowledge organiserrsquo booklet to
give you an overview of what your son or daughter will be studying over the next two modules
A knowledge organiser is a set of key facts or information that pupils need to know and be
able to recall in order to master a unit or topic This will help them to develop and deepen
their learning across all of their lessons
Each subject has created one or more knowledge organisers based upon the topics that are
being studied in the first two modules Students should learn this information in their own
time so that they can recall it easily This can be done following these simple steps
Read ndash Spend 5 to 10 minutes reading through a knowledge organiser
Cover ndash Either cover over key topics or simply turn your knowledge organiser over
to ensure that the information is well hidden
Quiz ndash Ask a friend or relative to test your knowledge on what you have learnt
Repeat - Repeat the steps until you have committed the material to memory and
mastered the topic
If you are still struggling with a topic then you might want to carry out further
research and make your own knowledge organiser
Teachers will set this as homework which should be recorded in the student planners Students
will then be tested in lessons via low stakes quizzing to ensure that they have revised their
knowledge organisers You can support your child by
Encouraging them to study their knowledge organiser booklet and learn the material
set
Testing them on their ability to recall the information learnt from the knowledge
organisers
A digital copy of the knowledge organiser booklet can be found on our school website under
the lsquocurriculumrsquo tab The knowledge organiser is part of their stationary equipment and it is
expected that the knowledge organiser should be with the students at all times
Contents On the following pages are knowledge organisers for subjects in the following order
Art
Computer Science
Creative iMedia
Design Technology
Drama
English
Enterprise and Marketing
Food Preparation and Nutrition
French
Geography
History
Maths
Music
Photography
Physical Education
Religious Education
Science
Spanish
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 1
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 2
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer
CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU
Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory
RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive
MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction
MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing
PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program
Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed
ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing
Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data
Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU
Bridge (North South)
Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage
von Neumann Architecture
The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function
Fetch Decode Execute Cycle
Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out
Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)
Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs
An example of a typical PCrsquos innards
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2
Multi Core Processing
Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks
BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4
Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)
The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two
main components
The Control Unit
The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to
the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory
is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache
memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing
capabilities
When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The
programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs
to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process
When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and
running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to
provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per
second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second
The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better
performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of
the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual
core has two CPUrsquos working together
Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)
The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to
direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs
This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast
access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive
compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition
subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)
Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other
so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It
could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an
instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5
Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit
Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)
Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the
computer (1)
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the
computer (2 marks)
The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be
loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory
being used (1)
The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2
marks)
Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes
instructions (1)
Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)
Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)
Statements TRUE FALSE
CPU stands for Central Processing Unit
The CPU fetches and decodes instructions
The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz
If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer
The hard disk drive is part of the CPU
Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a
kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)
A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824
Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent
accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains
frequently accessed data (1)
Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader
BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip
(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a
given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)
A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)
1 gigabyte
State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)
Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)
Data in current use (1)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
RAM Random Access Memory
ROM Read-Only Memory
Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU
Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes
Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM
Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system
POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run
PRIMARY MEMORY
TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED
Cache YES YES Very Fast
RAM YES YES Fast
ROM NO NO Slow
Flash NO YES Slow
RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2
Memory - RAM and ROM
Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM
Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)
RAM is the main memory of a computer
RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use
The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance
When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM
The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow
Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off
When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start
RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge
By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing
This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile
ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence
The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer
Exam Style Questions Vocabulary
State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)
Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current
use
Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads
the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is
currently in use (1)
Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile
RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer
Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the
performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more
programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)
OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of
virtual memory (2)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Contents On the following pages are knowledge organisers for subjects in the following order
Art
Computer Science
Creative iMedia
Design Technology
Drama
English
Enterprise and Marketing
Food Preparation and Nutrition
French
Geography
History
Maths
Music
Photography
Physical Education
Religious Education
Science
Spanish
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 1
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 2
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer
CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU
Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory
RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive
MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction
MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing
PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program
Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed
ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing
Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data
Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU
Bridge (North South)
Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage
von Neumann Architecture
The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function
Fetch Decode Execute Cycle
Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out
Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)
Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs
An example of a typical PCrsquos innards
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2
Multi Core Processing
Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks
BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4
Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)
The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two
main components
The Control Unit
The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to
the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory
is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache
memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing
capabilities
When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The
programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs
to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process
When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and
running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to
provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per
second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second
The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better
performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of
the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual
core has two CPUrsquos working together
Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)
The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to
direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs
This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast
access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive
compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition
subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)
Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other
so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It
could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an
instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5
Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit
Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)
Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the
computer (1)
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the
computer (2 marks)
The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be
loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory
being used (1)
The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2
marks)
Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes
instructions (1)
Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)
Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)
Statements TRUE FALSE
CPU stands for Central Processing Unit
The CPU fetches and decodes instructions
The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz
If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer
The hard disk drive is part of the CPU
Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a
kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)
A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824
Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent
accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains
frequently accessed data (1)
Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader
BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip
(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a
given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)
A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)
1 gigabyte
State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)
Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)
Data in current use (1)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
RAM Random Access Memory
ROM Read-Only Memory
Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU
Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes
Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM
Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system
POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run
PRIMARY MEMORY
TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED
Cache YES YES Very Fast
RAM YES YES Fast
ROM NO NO Slow
Flash NO YES Slow
RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2
Memory - RAM and ROM
Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM
Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)
RAM is the main memory of a computer
RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use
The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance
When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM
The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow
Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off
When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start
RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge
By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing
This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile
ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence
The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer
Exam Style Questions Vocabulary
State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)
Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current
use
Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads
the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is
currently in use (1)
Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile
RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer
Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the
performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more
programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)
OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of
virtual memory (2)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 1
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 2
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer
CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU
Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory
RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive
MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction
MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing
PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program
Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed
ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing
Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data
Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU
Bridge (North South)
Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage
von Neumann Architecture
The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function
Fetch Decode Execute Cycle
Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out
Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)
Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs
An example of a typical PCrsquos innards
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2
Multi Core Processing
Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks
BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4
Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)
The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two
main components
The Control Unit
The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to
the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory
is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache
memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing
capabilities
When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The
programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs
to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process
When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and
running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to
provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per
second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second
The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better
performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of
the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual
core has two CPUrsquos working together
Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)
The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to
direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs
This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast
access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive
compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition
subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)
Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other
so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It
could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an
instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5
Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit
Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)
Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the
computer (1)
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the
computer (2 marks)
The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be
loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory
being used (1)
The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2
marks)
Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes
instructions (1)
Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)
Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)
Statements TRUE FALSE
CPU stands for Central Processing Unit
The CPU fetches and decodes instructions
The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz
If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer
The hard disk drive is part of the CPU
Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a
kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)
A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824
Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent
accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains
frequently accessed data (1)
Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader
BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip
(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a
given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)
A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)
1 gigabyte
State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)
Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)
Data in current use (1)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
RAM Random Access Memory
ROM Read-Only Memory
Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU
Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes
Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM
Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system
POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run
PRIMARY MEMORY
TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED
Cache YES YES Very Fast
RAM YES YES Fast
ROM NO NO Slow
Flash NO YES Slow
RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2
Memory - RAM and ROM
Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM
Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)
RAM is the main memory of a computer
RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use
The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance
When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM
The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow
Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off
When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start
RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge
By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing
This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile
ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence
The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer
Exam Style Questions Vocabulary
State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)
Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current
use
Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads
the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is
currently in use (1)
Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile
RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer
Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the
performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more
programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)
OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of
virtual memory (2)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 2
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer
CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU
Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory
RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive
MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction
MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing
PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program
Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed
ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing
Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data
Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU
Bridge (North South)
Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage
von Neumann Architecture
The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function
Fetch Decode Execute Cycle
Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out
Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)
Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs
An example of a typical PCrsquos innards
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2
Multi Core Processing
Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks
BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4
Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)
The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two
main components
The Control Unit
The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to
the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory
is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache
memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing
capabilities
When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The
programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs
to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process
When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and
running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to
provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per
second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second
The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better
performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of
the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual
core has two CPUrsquos working together
Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)
The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to
direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs
This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast
access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive
compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition
subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)
Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other
so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It
could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an
instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5
Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit
Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)
Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the
computer (1)
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the
computer (2 marks)
The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be
loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory
being used (1)
The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2
marks)
Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes
instructions (1)
Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)
Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)
Statements TRUE FALSE
CPU stands for Central Processing Unit
The CPU fetches and decodes instructions
The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz
If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer
The hard disk drive is part of the CPU
Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a
kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)
A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824
Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent
accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains
frequently accessed data (1)
Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader
BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip
(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a
given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)
A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)
1 gigabyte
State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)
Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)
Data in current use (1)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
RAM Random Access Memory
ROM Read-Only Memory
Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU
Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes
Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM
Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system
POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run
PRIMARY MEMORY
TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED
Cache YES YES Very Fast
RAM YES YES Fast
ROM NO NO Slow
Flash NO YES Slow
RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2
Memory - RAM and ROM
Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM
Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)
RAM is the main memory of a computer
RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use
The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance
When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM
The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow
Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off
When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start
RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge
By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing
This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile
ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence
The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer
Exam Style Questions Vocabulary
State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)
Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current
use
Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads
the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is
currently in use (1)
Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile
RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer
Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the
performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more
programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)
OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of
virtual memory (2)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Art
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Natural Forms - Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer
CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU
Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory
RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive
MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction
MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing
PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program
Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed
ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing
Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data
Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU
Bridge (North South)
Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage
von Neumann Architecture
The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function
Fetch Decode Execute Cycle
Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out
Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)
Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs
An example of a typical PCrsquos innards
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2
Multi Core Processing
Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks
BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4
Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)
The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two
main components
The Control Unit
The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to
the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory
is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache
memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing
capabilities
When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The
programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs
to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process
When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and
running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to
provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per
second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second
The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better
performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of
the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual
core has two CPUrsquos working together
Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)
The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to
direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs
This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast
access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive
compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition
subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)
Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other
so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It
could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an
instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5
Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit
Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)
Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the
computer (1)
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the
computer (2 marks)
The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be
loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory
being used (1)
The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2
marks)
Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes
instructions (1)
Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)
Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)
Statements TRUE FALSE
CPU stands for Central Processing Unit
The CPU fetches and decodes instructions
The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz
If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer
The hard disk drive is part of the CPU
Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a
kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)
A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824
Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent
accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains
frequently accessed data (1)
Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader
BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip
(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a
given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)
A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)
1 gigabyte
State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)
Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)
Data in current use (1)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
RAM Random Access Memory
ROM Read-Only Memory
Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU
Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes
Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM
Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system
POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run
PRIMARY MEMORY
TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED
Cache YES YES Very Fast
RAM YES YES Fast
ROM NO NO Slow
Flash NO YES Slow
RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2
Memory - RAM and ROM
Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM
Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)
RAM is the main memory of a computer
RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use
The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance
When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM
The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow
Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off
When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start
RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge
By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing
This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile
ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence
The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer
Exam Style Questions Vocabulary
State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)
Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current
use
Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads
the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is
currently in use (1)
Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile
RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer
Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the
performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more
programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)
OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of
virtual memory (2)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
CPU Central Processing Unit - The ldquobrainrdquo of the computer
CU Control Unit - Part of the CPU that manages the functions of all other parts of the CPU
Decoder Part of the CU which decodes the binary instructions fetched from memory
RAM Random Access Memory - The main volatile memory into which programs are loaded from the hard drive
MAR Memory Address Register - Small fast memory used to store the RAM address of the next instruction
MDR Memory Data Register - Small fast memory used to store the information collected from the RAM before processing
PC Program Counter - Keeps track of the current instruction number of the program
Accumulator Small fast memory used to keep track of the data currently being processed
ALU Arithmetic and Logic Unit - Does the basic mathematics and comparisons during processing
Bus A physical connection between two elements of a computer system that allows the transfer of data
Cache Incredibly fast but very expensive volatile memory using in the CPU
Bridge (North South)
Junctions on a motherboard where the bus connections are controlled and routed Northbridge deals with core functions whilst the Southbridge deals with the peripherals input and output devices and Secondary Storage
von Neumann Architecture
The method used by all modern computers to allow the programming of a machine to be changed depending on the required function
Fetch Decode Execute Cycle
Basis of the von Neumann architecture ndash the repeated process where instructions are fetched from RAM decoded into tasks and data then carried out
Clock Speed The number of FDE cycles that a CPU can carry out per second Measured in Ghz (1 Ghz = 109 cycles per second or 1000000000hz)
Cores Some processors have multiple CPUs which can work in parallel sequentially or can multitask Dual and Quad cores are common in modern PCs
An example of a typical PCrsquos innards
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2
Multi Core Processing
Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks
BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4
Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)
The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two
main components
The Control Unit
The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to
the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory
is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache
memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing
capabilities
When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The
programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs
to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process
When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and
running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to
provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per
second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second
The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better
performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of
the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual
core has two CPUrsquos working together
Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)
The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to
direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs
This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast
access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive
compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition
subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)
Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other
so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It
could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an
instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5
Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit
Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)
Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the
computer (1)
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the
computer (2 marks)
The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be
loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory
being used (1)
The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2
marks)
Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes
instructions (1)
Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)
Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)
Statements TRUE FALSE
CPU stands for Central Processing Unit
The CPU fetches and decodes instructions
The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz
If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer
The hard disk drive is part of the CPU
Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a
kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)
A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824
Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent
accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains
frequently accessed data (1)
Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader
BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip
(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a
given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)
A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)
1 gigabyte
State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)
Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)
Data in current use (1)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
RAM Random Access Memory
ROM Read-Only Memory
Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU
Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes
Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM
Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system
POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run
PRIMARY MEMORY
TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED
Cache YES YES Very Fast
RAM YES YES Fast
ROM NO NO Slow
Flash NO YES Slow
RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2
Memory - RAM and ROM
Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM
Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)
RAM is the main memory of a computer
RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use
The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance
When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM
The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow
Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off
When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start
RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge
By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing
This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile
ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence
The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer
Exam Style Questions Vocabulary
State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)
Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current
use
Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads
the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is
currently in use (1)
Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile
RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer
Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the
performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more
programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)
OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of
virtual memory (2)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 2
Multi Core Processing
Some processors have multiple CPU cores on one chip They all have their own Level 1 cache but share Level 2 cache allowing them to collaborate quickly on large tasks
BASIC DIAGRAM OF CPU
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4
Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)
The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two
main components
The Control Unit
The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to
the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory
is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache
memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing
capabilities
When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The
programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs
to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process
When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and
running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to
provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per
second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second
The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better
performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of
the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual
core has two CPUrsquos working together
Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)
The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to
direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs
This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast
access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive
compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition
subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)
Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other
so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It
could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an
instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5
Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit
Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)
Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the
computer (1)
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the
computer (2 marks)
The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be
loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory
being used (1)
The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2
marks)
Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes
instructions (1)
Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)
Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)
Statements TRUE FALSE
CPU stands for Central Processing Unit
The CPU fetches and decodes instructions
The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz
If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer
The hard disk drive is part of the CPU
Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a
kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)
A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824
Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent
accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains
frequently accessed data (1)
Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader
BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip
(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a
given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)
A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)
1 gigabyte
State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)
Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)
Data in current use (1)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
RAM Random Access Memory
ROM Read-Only Memory
Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU
Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes
Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM
Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system
POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run
PRIMARY MEMORY
TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED
Cache YES YES Very Fast
RAM YES YES Fast
ROM NO NO Slow
Flash NO YES Slow
RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2
Memory - RAM and ROM
Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM
Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)
RAM is the main memory of a computer
RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use
The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance
When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM
The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow
Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off
When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start
RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge
By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing
This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile
ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence
The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer
Exam Style Questions Vocabulary
State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)
Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current
use
Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads
the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is
currently in use (1)
Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile
RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer
Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the
performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more
programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)
OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of
virtual memory (2)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 3
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4
Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)
The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two
main components
The Control Unit
The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to
the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory
is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache
memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing
capabilities
When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The
programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs
to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process
When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and
running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to
provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per
second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second
The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better
performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of
the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual
core has two CPUrsquos working together
Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)
The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to
direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs
This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast
access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive
compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition
subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)
Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other
so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It
could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an
instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5
Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit
Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)
Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the
computer (1)
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the
computer (2 marks)
The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be
loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory
being used (1)
The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2
marks)
Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes
instructions (1)
Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)
Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)
Statements TRUE FALSE
CPU stands for Central Processing Unit
The CPU fetches and decodes instructions
The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz
If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer
The hard disk drive is part of the CPU
Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a
kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)
A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824
Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent
accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains
frequently accessed data (1)
Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader
BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip
(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a
given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)
A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)
1 gigabyte
State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)
Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)
Data in current use (1)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
RAM Random Access Memory
ROM Read-Only Memory
Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU
Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes
Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM
Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system
POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run
PRIMARY MEMORY
TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED
Cache YES YES Very Fast
RAM YES YES Fast
ROM NO NO Slow
Flash NO YES Slow
RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2
Memory - RAM and ROM
Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM
Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)
RAM is the main memory of a computer
RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use
The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance
When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM
The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow
Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off
When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start
RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge
By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing
This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile
ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence
The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer
Exam Style Questions Vocabulary
State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)
Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current
use
Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads
the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is
currently in use (1)
Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile
RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer
Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the
performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more
programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)
OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of
virtual memory (2)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 4
Computer Hardware - The Central Processing Unit (CPU)
The processing of a Computer CPU needs RAM and ROM The CPUrsquos Main Function Vocabulary The processing of a computer is carried out by the central processing unit (CPU) The CPU is the core of every computer system has two
main components
The Control Unit
The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
In order for the CPU to carry out all of the processes they also need access to
the main memory (RAM) where the programs are stored and cache memory
is used to store data waiting to be processed Main memory and cache
memory are called primary storage and are a part of the computer is processing
capabilities
When the computer is switched on the CPU starts to perform its main functions running endless fetch-execute cycle The
programs that the CPU needs to run are stored in the main memory The CPU simply fetches the next instruction it needs
to process decodes it and executes it before repeating the process
When the computer is on the CPU will look at a specific place in ROM for the first program to load and execute This is the boot sequence it is always stored in ROM in a specific place so that the CPU knows where to find it The CPU begins the process of executing the program commands to get the computer up and
running and the OS started After this initial boot process is completed control is handed to the operating system to
provide the programs for the CPU to run The speed of this cycle is determined by an electronic clock chip The clock speed is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per
second Processor speeds are typically of 3GHz means that the processor can complete 3 billion cycles every second
The clock speed and cache memory on a computer can affect the speed or performance of the system quite significantly so a higher speed processor and more cache usually means better
performance Data and control signals move around the system on the buses A bus is simply a circuit that connects one part of
the motherboard to another The speed of the bus usually measured in megahertz (MHz) (Millions of cycles per second) The clock speeds are limited at times and to help improve the performance multi-core processors were developed A dual
core has two CPUrsquos working together
Computer Architecture The internal logical structure and organisation of the computer hardware Binary A system of numbers using only 2 digits 1 and 0s CPU Central Processing Unit of the computer containing the control unit ALU and cache memory Control Unit The control unit works with the CPU to control the flow of data within the system ALU The ALU performs all of the arithmetic and logical operations within the CPU Random Access Memory (RAM) Main memory of a computer that stores data applications and the operating system whilst in use When the power is turned off it loses its data Cache Memory Special high-speed memory used by a computer Fetch-Execute Cycle This is the process of fetching the instructions from memory decoding them and then executing them so that the CPU performs continuously Read Only Memory (ROM) A store for data in a computer that cannot be overwritten Data in ROM is always available and is not lost when the computer is turned off Clock chip The electronic device in a computer that controls the timing of signals Bus A part of a computer architecture that transfers data and signals between the components of the computer Motherboard The central printed circuit board (PCB) that holds the crucial components of a system Dual ndash core quad core A CPU with multiple processors (a dual core has two a quad core has four)
The Control Unit Cache Memory The control unit uses electrical signals to
direct the system to execute the instructions in stored programs
This is fast memory that is located very close to the main CPU with dedicated connections so that the CPU has fast
access to frequently used data Cache memory is relatively expensive
compared with standard RAM used for the main memory of a computer The Arithmetic and Logic Unit
The ALU carries out all of the arithmetic and logical operations including addition
subtraction and comparisons (for example equal to less than greater than)
Jon Von Neumann Architecture One of the important features of a Jon von Neumann architecture was that the data and instructions would be stored in memory and would be indistinguishable from each other
so data and instructions look the same and are in the same place This means that the CPU has to decide what it is looking at when its gets the binary number from memory It
could be an instruction it could be data In fact it cannot tell and relies on the logic in the program If it expects an instruction that is what it will assume it has and it will try to work out what it is and what to do next If it is an instruction it will have two parts an
instruction and possible some data a number or a memory location
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5
Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit
Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)
Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the
computer (1)
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the
computer (2 marks)
The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be
loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory
being used (1)
The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2
marks)
Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes
instructions (1)
Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)
Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)
Statements TRUE FALSE
CPU stands for Central Processing Unit
The CPU fetches and decodes instructions
The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz
If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer
The hard disk drive is part of the CPU
Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a
kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)
A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824
Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent
accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains
frequently accessed data (1)
Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader
BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip
(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a
given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)
A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)
1 gigabyte
State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)
Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)
Data in current use (1)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
RAM Random Access Memory
ROM Read-Only Memory
Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU
Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes
Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM
Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system
POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run
PRIMARY MEMORY
TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED
Cache YES YES Very Fast
RAM YES YES Fast
ROM NO NO Slow
Flash NO YES Slow
RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2
Memory - RAM and ROM
Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM
Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)
RAM is the main memory of a computer
RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use
The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance
When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM
The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow
Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off
When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start
RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge
By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing
This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile
ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence
The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer
Exam Style Questions Vocabulary
State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)
Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current
use
Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads
the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is
currently in use (1)
Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile
RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer
Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the
performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more
programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)
OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of
virtual memory (2)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Systems Architecture ndash Part 5
Computer Hardware ndash The Central Processing Unit
Exam Style Questions Minarsquos computer has 4GB of RAM
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2 marks)
Stores part of the operating system currently used by the computer (1) Stores programs that are currently running (1) Stores data that are currently used by the
computer (1)
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the performance of the
computer (2 marks)
The computer will be able to multitask more programs (1) as there is more memory for programs data to be
loaded into (1) Programs will run faster (1) due to less virtual memory
being used (1)
The CPU is the component which does most of the data processing in a computer State two tasks which are carried out by the CPU when processing data (2
marks)
Fetches instructions (from memory) (1) Fetches data (from memory) (1) Decodes instructions (1) Executes
instructions (1)
Explain how the clock speed of a CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The higher the clock speed the faster the CPU will run (1) represents the number of fetch executes cycles instructions the CPU can process in a given time (1)
Here are some statements about the CPU of a computer Tick one box in each row to show whether each of the following statements is true or false (5 marks)
Statements TRUE FALSE
CPU stands for Central Processing Unit
The CPU fetches and decodes instructions
The speed of the CPU is usually measured in GHz
If a CPU has many cores this slows down the computer
The hard disk drive is part of the CPU
Bobrsquos computer has 512 kilobytes of ROM and 8 Gigabytes of RAM State how many bytes are in a
kilobyte and a gigabyte (2 marks)
A Kilobyte 1024 bytes ~ 1000 bytes (1) A Gigabyte 1024 x 1024 x 1024 = 1073741824
Explain how the cache size of the CPU affects its performance (2 marks)
The more cache the CPU has the less time is spent
accessing memory programs run faster (1) Cache is faster than memory built into the CPU contains
frequently accessed data (1)
Describe the purpose of ROM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
ROM Stores the boot up program bootstrap loader
BIOS (1) Used to start the computer loads the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in Bobrsquos computer (2 marks)
Stores the parts of the OS programs that are runninghellip
(1) Stores the data that is currently in use (1)
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and the purpose (1 mark)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile (1) RAM is easily expandable ROM size is (usually) fixed for a
given computer (1) Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change (1)
A computer has 1024 megabytes of RAM How many gigabytes of RAM does the computer have (1 mark)
1 gigabyte
State two items that will be stored in RAM (2 marks)
Operating system (1) Other programs that are running in current use (1)
Data in current use (1)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
RAM Random Access Memory
ROM Read-Only Memory
Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU
Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes
Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM
Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system
POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run
PRIMARY MEMORY
TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED
Cache YES YES Very Fast
RAM YES YES Fast
ROM NO NO Slow
Flash NO YES Slow
RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2
Memory - RAM and ROM
Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM
Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)
RAM is the main memory of a computer
RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use
The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance
When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM
The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow
Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off
When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start
RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge
By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing
This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile
ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence
The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer
Exam Style Questions Vocabulary
State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)
Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current
use
Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads
the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is
currently in use (1)
Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile
RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer
Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the
performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more
programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)
OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of
virtual memory (2)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 1
KEY VOCABULARY
Volatile Memory which requires constant electrical charge If the power is turned off then the data is lost
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
RAM Random Access Memory
ROM Read-Only Memory
Cache Very fast memory on or very close to the CPU
Virtual Memory A section of the HDD which can be used as RAM for very memory intensive processes
Flash Memory A type of dynamic (changeable) ROM
Boot Process The instructions needed to start the computer and to initialize the operating system
POST Power On Startup Test A series of checks done on the hardware of the computer to ensure the machine can run
PRIMARY MEMORY
TYPE VOLATILE DYNAMIC RELATIVE SPEED
Cache YES YES Very Fast
RAM YES YES Fast
ROM NO NO Slow
Flash NO YES Slow
RAM is volatile memory which stores data in a single transistor and capacitor This means it needs a constantly recycled charge to hold its data If the power is turned off it cannot refresh the data and it is lost This is known as DYNAMIC memory The computer uses RAM to store the current program or data being used ROM is non-volatile The data is hardcoded onto the chip by the manufacturer and cannot be overwritten by the user Because it holds its information even when the power is turned off this makes ROM ideal for storing the instructions needed to get the computer started up ndash the BOOT PROCESS and POST Flash Memory is a new(ish) type of ROM chip which holds its data when there is no power making it non-volatile but that can be rewritten easily by the user By using a relatively large electric current electrons can be forced through a barrier and into the storage layer The pattern of electrons can be read as data without affecting the data VIRTUAL MEMORY To increase the speed and efficiency of RAM most machines allocate a small portion of the Hard Disk to VIRTUAL MEMORY The contents of the RAM are moved between the slower Virtual Memory and RAM as and when they are needed Using Increasing Virtual Memory does not improve the speed of the computer but rather using Virtual Memory increases the threshold at which a computer locks by increasing the usable memory and preventing deadlock due to filling the available primary memory
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2
Memory - RAM and ROM
Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM
Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)
RAM is the main memory of a computer
RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use
The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance
When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM
The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow
Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off
When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start
RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge
By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing
This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile
ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence
The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer
Exam Style Questions Vocabulary
State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)
Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current
use
Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads
the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is
currently in use (1)
Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile
RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer
Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the
performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more
programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)
OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of
virtual memory (2)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndashMemory ndash Part 2
Memory - RAM and ROM
Memory is used within the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and uses the different types of memory like RAM and ROM
Random Access Memory (RAM) Read Only Memory (ROM)
RAM is the main memory of a computer
RAM is required for the operating system applications that are loaded and any data currently in use
The more RAM available to the computer the more programs and data it can load at the same time meaning better performance
When a program is loaded it is copied from the hard disk or other device (secondary storage) into the main memory RAM
The CPU can now access the data from the secondary storage device because access to the data on these is extremely slow
Secondary storage is needed to keep copies of files and programs because RAM is volatile and the data it stores is lost when the power to the computer is off
When you turn the computer off it loses all of its data stored in RAM but it needs data in RAM in order to do anything and so there has to be some other way to get the computer to start
RAM chips use transistors to hold a charge that represents the data but require power to maintain this charge
By connecting transistors together in a specific way they can lsquorememberrsquo what they are storing
This type of memory is called Read Only Memory and it is able to retain the information programmed by the manufacturer ndash making it non-volatile
ROM is often used within a computer system to store the boot sequence
The boot up sequence is a set of instructions that the computer needs to get started and load the operating system ROM cannot be overwritten by the computer
Exam Style Questions Vocabulary
State two items that will be stored in the RAM (2)
Operating system other programs that are running or currently in use and data in current
use
Describe the purpose of ROM in a computer (2) Stores the boot up program BIOS (1) which loads
the operating system (1)
Describe the purpose of RAM in a computer (2) Stores part of the operating system programs that are running (1) and stores the data that is
currently in use (1)
Volatile Data lost when there is no power Non-Volatile Data retained even when the power is off
State one difference between ROM and RAM other than the size and purpose (1)
ROM is non-volatile and RAM is volatile
RAM is easily expandable ROM size is fixed for a given computer
Contents of RAM change frequently contents of ROM never change
Mina upgrades the computer to 6GB of RAM Explain how this upgrade will affect the
performance of the computer (2) The computer will be able to multitask more
programs (1) as there is more memory for programs or the data to be loaded into (1)
OR Programs will run faster (1) due to less use of
virtual memory (2)
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 1
All basic computing functions are done using Primary Storage ndash but this is either volatile RAM or static ROM To allow storage of a userrsquos information once the power is turned off non-volatile secondary
storage is required
KEY VOCABULARY
Secondary Storage Primary storage is RAM Secondary storage refers to long term non-volatile data storage
Non-volatile Memory which can retain its data when the power is turned off
Magnetic Data is stored by altering the magnetic charge (+ or -) to represent binary information
Optical A reflective layer or dye is marked to either reflect or not reflect a laser beam The computer reads the reflections as binary data
Solid State Also known as Flash Memory the data is stored by forcing (or flashing) electrons through a barrier into a storage layer Here it is read as binary information
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Computer Science
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Storage ndash Part 2
Secondary Storage ndash Magnetic Hard Disk Optical Disk Flash Memory (Solid-state memory)
Secondary Storage Vocabulary
Secondary storage is needed to store programs data and other files that would otherwise be lost when the power is turned off This type of storage is additional storage facilities which are added to a computer
Magnetic hard disk Secondary storage device using magnetised platters to store data and files Optical Disk Secondary storage device which uses lasers to read (and write) data to a reflective surface For storing files to be distributed or transferred or for backup of important files CD A type of optical device with a capacity of 700 MB DVD A type of optical device with a capacity of 47 GB
Optical Disks
The CD-ROM and the DVD are written at manufacture and are used to distribute programs video or data that is read only
CD ndash RW and DVD ndash RW devices have the ability to be written to and are used as secondary storage to transfer files between computers
Both of these types of optical storage use light from lasers to detect reflections from the surface of the data area on a CDDVD surface
In RW media the writer is able to modify the surface of the media using a laser The surface has a dye layer that is changed by shining a laser light at it and it is this colour difference that is detected when it is read
They are inexpensive and robust though data storage is not permanent as the dye layer in RW media does not deteriorate over time
They are excellent mediums for transferring large files between computers and can be used for storing personal files
Flash Memory ndash Solid State
It is a common form of personal portable file storage and often uses a USB connection
It is used as memory to store images within digital cameras as storage on mobile phones in MP3 players and in tablet computers
Solid state flash memory has much better access times than magnetic disks
Has no moving parts to go wrong and uses significantly less power making it an ideal choice for these devices
Flash memory doesnrsquot match the size of storage offered by magnetic hard disks
Magnetic Hard Disk
This is a magnetised rigid plate or stack of plates with heads to read the data as the platters spin around
The magnetic hard disk is a reliable and cost-effective solution providing high capacity at low cost
The hard disk is used in most personal and commercial computer systems
It stores the operating system installed applications or programs and userrsquo data
The hard disk can also be used as a portable external device to transfer large amounts of data or act as a backup for important data
Exam Style Questions
What to consider when choosing what secondary storage to use
Capacity How much data does it need to hold
Speed How quickly can data be transferred
Portability Does it need to be portable or used to move data from one system to another
Durability Does it need to be transported and if so is it easily damaged
Reliability Does it need to be able to be used over and over again without failing
Explain why solid-state memory is suitable for a tablet (2)
Fast access (1) less delay when turning the device on (1) OR
No moveable parts (1) can be handled moved without damaging (1)
OR Small light enough (1) to fit within a hand held device
(1) OR
Low power (1) to extend battery life of user (1)
State whether a CD ROM is solid state flash or optical (1)
Optical
Give two reasons why a CD ROM is suitable for an e-book (2)
Cheap to produce
Easily portable
Enough capacity
Can be read by others
It is read only and cannot be overwritten
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 - Mind Maps and Diagrams
What is a mind map A mind map or spider diagram is a way of organising thoughts and ideas It is based around a central theme (or node) and has branches off for the different aspects using sub-nodes
What is the purpose of a mind map When would I use a mind map
To quickly generate outline ideas
To develop and show links between different thoughts aspects and processes of a project
To show the development and options for ideas within any project
To show the connections and links between different parts of the project
What is the content of a mind map Keywords
Node Sub-node Branch
Central node with the main theme
Sub-nodes with interconnecting lines or branches for the different parts
Text at each sub-node for key points ideas activities requirements etc
Images can also be used on sub-nodes
A point on the mind map that has some information or an idea
A point that also has information or an idea but must be related to the node that it is connected to
A line that joins the node to the sub-node
Examples of how a Mind map should look Labelling a Mind Map
Main
theme
Node
Node
Node
Node
Sub-
Node
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Mood Boards
What is a mood board A mood board is a collection of sample materials and products What is a physical mood board What is a digital mood board What is the purpose of a digital mood board When could I use a mood board
This is an example of a notice board or a large piece of paper of card using pictures and samples that are fixed to it
This is an example which has been created in any software application that supports multiple images graphics text and other content
To assist the generation of ideas by collecting a wide range of material that will give a feel for what is needed
To stimulate creativity and innovative approaches
For any creative media project as a starting point
To collect samples materials and a range of relevant content
As a constant reminder of possible styles
NOTE The use of a mood board is NOT to show what a product will look like What type of content would I include within a mood board
Images ndash from anything that is relevant or related such as existing similar products photographs logos screenshots from films advertisements posters
Colours ndash especially those that fit the brief or have been used before in a similar product
Text keywords fonts and styles
Textures fabrics and other materials For a digital mood board ndash potentially sound and video clips
Examples of how a Mood Board should look
Digital Mood Board Physical Mood Board
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Scripts
What is a Script A script is a piece of written work that can be for a movie audio audio-visual product or screenplay It is often the starting point for any of these products and includes information about the media product in a style and format that follows some layout conventions It is often used by a number of different people
involved in the actual production who will analyse the script and break it down into sections with information that is needed What is the purpose of a Script When would I use a Script
To identify the location where the action takes place
To identify who will be in the scene eg actors narrators
To provide stage directions for actors and production crew
To provide dialogue (ie speech) for actors and other characters
Any moving product with dialogue (spoken words) actions and a timeline for example o Video products eg advertisements and films o Audio products eg advertisements jingles and radio play o Animation products eg short films o Computer game with a short story-telling scene or interactions between game
characters
What type of content would you include in a Script Keywords
Setlocation where the action takes place eg INT (Interior) amp EXT (Exterior)
Scene descriptions
Scene stage directions ie what happens in the scene
Camera shot types (close up mid long)
Camera movement (over shoulder low angle aerial)
Sounds and sound effects (dialogue ambient sound music)
Names of actors characters
Dialogue ie speech and how it is spoken
Narrator Dialogue Voiceover
A person that tells the story who is not part of or seen in any action Typically found in a screenplay or audio-visual product
The combination of what is spoken by a character in the script together with how they say it that is identifying any emotion facial expressions etc
The words spoken by an unseen person to accompany an audio or audio-visual product Often used in radio adverts and jingles
The format and layout of script should follow some convetions For example the location camera shot and directions all start in the left-hand margin but names of actors and what they say are intended across the page This makes it easier and quicker to scan and follow
Examples of how a Script should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO1 ndash Visualisation Diagrams
What is a Visualisation diagram This is a rough drawing or sketch of what the final static image product is intended to look like Typically it is hand drawn but good at skills are not essential ndash it is a concept layout and content of the product that is being illustrated A static or still image is one that does not move so something like a
magazine advert DVD cover or website page would be good examples although donrsquot use these for anything that has a timeline such as video What is the purpose of a Visualisation Diagram When would I use a Visualisation diagram
To plan the layout of a static or still image in a visual manner
To show how a finished item might look
To give a client or production team to show what the intended product will look like for example o CD DVD Blu-rayTM cover o Poster eg for a film event or advertisement o Game scene or display screen eg for the game environment or game menus o Comic book layout o Web page Multimedia page layout o Magazine front cover or advertisement for use on an inside page
What type of content would you include in a Visualisation Diagram Keywords
Annotations Static Image
Multiple images and graphics showing their size and position
Colours and colour schemes
Position and style of text
Fonts to be used
Annotations
Your own thoughts notes and comments that help to show your thinking Used on visualisation diagrams and other draft pre-production documents
An image that does not move
Examples of how a Visualisation diagram should look
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Hardware Software techniques for pre-production
What is hardware What is software What are resources What is digitising
The equipment used Programs or applications used to create pre-production documents (which is different software used for reports or web research)
Covers both hardware software and people This means making a digital copy that can be stored and distributed electronically
Hardware Software Techniques for pre-production documents
The devices and equipment that could be used to create or digitise pre-production documents are for example
A computer system eg PC (desktop or laptop) Macreg but also tablets such as an iPadreg
Computer peripherals eg keyboard mouse track pad graphics tablet display monitor microphone speakers
Imaging devices eg digital camera scanner
Other equipment eg pens pencils paper (since some pre-production documents should be drawn by hand)
There are many different types of applications which could be used to centre or digitise pre-production documents and each can be used for different purposes
Image editing or desktop publishing Adobe Photoshopreg Illustratorreg Serif DrawPlusAffinity Designerreg Pixelmator Microsoft Publisherreg
o Used to create a digital mood board visualisation diagram or storyboard
Word processing Microsoft Wordreg Apple Pagesreg o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood
board
Presentation software Microsoft Publisherreg Apple Keynotereg
o Used to create a visualisation diagram or mood board
Web browser Internet Explorerreg Safarireg Firefoxreg Chrometrade o Used to obtain content for a mood board or for
online applications such as mind maps
Dedicated software applications for example lsquoFreemindrsquo for mind maps lsquoStoryboard Thattrade or Toom Boom Storyboardtrade
There are two techniques used in making pre-production documents creating and digitising Creating is where you use the hardware devices to create the original pre-production document in a digital or electronic format You then save work using a suitable file name and file format Methods of digitising pre-production documents which have been completed by hand would include
Photographing the work such as for a mood board or mind map
Scanning the work such as for a visualisation diagram or storyboard
Exam Tip Make sure you understand the difference between creating something original in a digital format and digitising what has already been created
Think about it Scanning is a good option for A4 documents but a digital camera is a quick way for anything much larger Think about what you could do with photographs video clips and even sound recordings
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Health and Safety Considerations
What is a Recce What is the purpose of Recce What can be found within a Recce What does a Recce form look like
A recce is a visit to a specific location that will be used for recording purposes eg filming audio recording or photography
The purpose is to check access see what is there identify the best positions and assess environmental considerations
Location and how to get there
Access ndash a check that itrsquos suitable
Lighting
Health and safety issues
Availability of power eg electricity
Environmental considerations eg background noise people
Any other potential issues that may arise
Location Recce Completed by Date
Location Used for Potential issues
Actions required
What is a Risk assessment Safe working using computers Safe working working with heights Safe working working with electricity
Is a form which needs to be completed before any media project can take place It is designed to
Identify the hazards and dangers
Decide who might be harmed and how
Evaluate the risks and decide on precautions to be taken
Record your findings and implement them
Review your assessment and update if necessary
The main thing when using a computer for any length of time is to make sure that you are not straining any part of your body Sitting at a computer for a long period of time in a poor position can cause repetitive strain injury (RSI) Considerations must include
Chair height ndash to make sure your eyes are at the same height as the display
Seating position ndash to maintain a good posture and keep your back straight
Distance from screen to eyes ndash so that you can read the text easily and not strain your eyes
Keyboardsmice ndash make sure they are in a comfortable and natural position for your hands to reach
The main things to consider when working at heights are the risks of falling or dropping anything Safety barriers are needed for people working above ground level since they might be distracted if they needed to look through a viewfinder You will also need to consider the safety of people below and that of equipment which is breakable if dropped Typical applications would be high platforms to get a good viewpoint for
Filming using a video camera
Photography using digital still cameras
This covers the use of electrical cables (both high and low voltage) together with consideration of the environment both indoor and outdoor Risk factors include the following
Cable safety on the ground ndash loose cables can become trip hazards causing people to fall and could potentially damage the equipment that cables are connected to
Location ndash if outdoors are there any dampwet conditions or is there any chance of rain
Why do we need to complete one
Risk assessments can be completed using a standard form or template These must be stored to cover you and any organisation that you work for in case of claims against you at a later date
Working with heavy equipment
Some equipment used in creative media production can be heavy especially when stored in a transit case This might need two or more people to lift the equipment into position whether into a vehicle or on location Typical risk factors include Lifting ndash using the correct handling techniques to prevent back injury Moving ndash being in a stable position and avoiding twisting Setting up ndash you may need two people one to hold the camera or lights in position while the other tightens the stand or tripod mount
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Interpreting Client Requirements
Planning and pre-production for any media project begins with a description of what is needed This might come from a set of client requirements a commission or a written specification Note that all of LO2 is about planning before actually creating any pre-production documents It involves interpreting what is needed by the client
using research developing work plans health and safety categorising the audience hardware and software and legislation Client Target Audience House Style
The person organisation or company that you are producing the work for
This is usually the final viewer or consumer of the product that is to be created However it can also be the person who will be the user of the pre-production document
Many organisations will have an established brand identity that includes set colour schemes design styles fonts and logos It is likely that any new creative media product will have to follow the organisationrsquos own house style so that it is consistent and recognisable
Interpreting client requirements
Whether you are creating something for yourself or for a client your project will have a set of client requirements (also known as a brief or specification) If itrsquos something for yourself then you are the client It is important to meet the client requirements otherwise your work will not be fit for purpose
Purpose of client requirements Content of client requirements
To provide the media developer with outline information and any constraints for the project such as timescale
A clear statement of what is to be produced even though this may not explain how
To identify the intention for the product and perhaps what is hoped to be achieved
Statement of what media product is needed
The purpose of that media product
Who will the target audience be
An indication of the content for the media product
Timescales for when the product will be needed
Constraints and restrictions
Details of any house style to make sure the product is consistent with the organisationrsquos own branding and recognised style
It is quite likely that the initial set of client requirements will not answer everything This is where you might need to discuss the details with the client further and request a more detailed brief
Think about it If a client just said they wanted to advertise the products you wouldnrsquot really know where to start Information is needed to decide what sort of media product is wanted such as a poster or video The client might have some thoughts about what they want but your own ideas on how to achieve that will be the basis of your own interpretation
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Legislation in Creative Media Production
What are the several different types of legislation that you need to know about Use of copyrighted material and intellectual property certification and classification data protection privacy and defamation
How does Copyright work How will I know if something has been Copyrighted
What does the term lsquopublishedrsquo cover To use published resources you must
The rule is that everything will have some form of Copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how the protection will be enforced
Anything that has been published is likely to have copyright protection
Photographs images and graphics in books magazines and on the internet
Contact the owner
Ask for permission to use it
Be prepared to pay a fee
What is Creative Commons What does the term Royalty free mean What is certification What is Censorship
This is a license agreement the creator chooses that lets you use the personrsquos copyrighted resources
This means that the work can be used without the need to pay royalties (ie a fee) each time However the work will still be copyrighted
This is the process of informing the audience broadly on the suitability of content It is an important consideration when it comes to the target audience
This is when artistsfilmmakers are not allowed to show their complete work
Copyright and Intellectual Property Other Licenses and Considerations Certification and Classification Data Protection
The general rule is that pretty much everything will have some form of copyright protection but it might not be clear who owns it or how rigidly the protection will be enforced Some people are happy for their products and work to be used by others but still want to have some protection and recognition In the UK copyright does not have to be registered ndash it is automatic and belongs to the author or creator unless transferred by written agreement Copyright protection is used to prevent copying ndash in whatever format that takes
GNU Free Document License (GFDL) is a license originally used by Wikipedia and others to share content freely (GNU is a type of free software for constructing web pages) If something is labelled as being lsquopublic domainrsquo then it is not copyrighted so you can use it however you like This applies to content where copyright is lapsed as copyright only lasts for a certain length of time Intellectual property is a piece of work idea or invention which may then be protected by copyright trademark or patent
Different countries have different laws on what is allowed to be seen and shown There are several factors that affect the classification with regard to age ratings
Violence
Strong language
Scenes of a sexual nature Certification and classification are covered differently depending on the type of media product
BBFC (British Board of Film Classification) ratings on film
PEGI (Pan European Game Information) ratings for computer games
Data protection is covered by legislation under the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Here are the main principles
The DPA is a series of UK laws designed to protect individuals and their personal data
Organisations cannot collect and keep your personal information without following this law
Everyone has the right to view and correct personal information which is being held by an organisation
Data has to be accurate for a specific purpose used fairly and stored securely
Data can only be held for a reasonable period of time
Failure to follow these rules can result in an investigation by the ICO and a fine
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Producing Work Plans and Schedules
What is a work plan A workproject plan is a structured list of all the tasks and associated activities needed to complete a project along with timescales in which the project needs to be finished
What is a production schedule A production schedule is a list of what will be done when within the required timescale Purpose of a work plan Content of a work plan Use of a work plan
To provide a timescale for the overall project to be completed
To map out against time all the different aspects of the project
Tasks ndash the different stages or main sections of overall project
Activities ndash a series of things to do in order to complete a task
Durations ndash the amount of time that a task or activity is expected to take
Timescales ndash how long the overall project will take to complete
Milestones ndash key dates when a section is complete
Deadlines ndash a date when something must be completed by
Resources ndash what is needed to do the tasks and activities
Contingencies ndash lsquowhat ifrsquo scenarios back-up plans such as extra time or alternative ways to do things
Any media product for example
Comic book
Interactive multimedia product eg a website
Audio advertisement eg for radio broadcast
Video eg film trailer
Digital animation
Photographic shoot
Computer game
EXAM TIP Remember that the tasks and activities in a work plan should only relate to what must be done as part of creating the media product
Categorising the target audience Think about it If identifying an audience by age donrsquot just use the term lsquoold peoplersquo Somebody who is 16 might think 25 is lsquooldrsquo but if yoursquore 40 then 25 is lsquoyoungrsquo Donrsquot describe an audience using personal judgements or opinions with any category since this might be seen as discrimination or prejudice at times
The expectations needs and requirements of the target audience must always be considered so that the media product can be successful Knowing how to categorise the audience for a product is vital and this can be done in several ways
Age ndash be clear about the age group This can be a range such as 6-12 12-18 18-40 40+
Gender ndash male and female but also consider trans-gender
Location ndash the main groups are local national and international The promotion of a media product might target one of these groups more than others think about a small local music event compared with a national music festival
Ethnicity ndash we live in a multi-cultural society and ethnic groups are found on a local as well as national and international level Ethnic groups can be defined as a group of people that have a common background or culture whether through race religion or language
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Creative iMedia
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash LO2 ndash Using Research
When using research you need to be clear about the difference between primary and secondary sources Primary Sources Secondary Sources
The information is obtained first hand from an original source and therefore is typically more reliable The information is obtained second hand where somebody else has already put their own interpretation on the original information The accuracy of the information might need to be checked when using secondary sources
Think about it Do not rely on one source of research Check multiple sources in order to be sure of your information
Think about it There is very little regulation of the internet and nobody is sitting in the background checking the accuracy of everything that is put on there Double check any information found and donrsquot forget to list your sources
Examples of primary and secondary sources
Primary Secondary
Directly from the source eg equipment manufacturer actual audience
Autobiography
Original works
First-hand account
Diary
Interview
Video footage
Photo
Relics
Official records
Indirectly sourced eg forums reviews and opinions from users
Biography
Commentaries
Second-hand account
History textbook
Magazine article
Encyclopaedias
Report
Other peoplersquos products
News broadcasts
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 3
Design Technology
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 4
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Drama Techniques
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Part A
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part B
Drama
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Dennis Kelly ndash Characters - Part C
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 1
Journeyrsquos End RC - Sherriff (1896-1975) ndash served at Passchendaele in 1917 where he was injured and was awarded the Military Cross The play Journeyrsquos End was his 7th play and a huge success
World War One Context The horror of WW1 ndash The play is all set in the dugout and expresses the horror of the trench life It is interesting the officers are in the dugout and yet lsquothe menrsquo are left outside in the trenches The wait is clearly a form of torture for the men as is the ending of the play The play is historically accurate Operation Michael ndash the play depicts the real life events in the run up to operation Michael (March 1918) The Class System ndash During WW1 officers were required to be of a lsquomiddle class background which meant a private education This is clear with the many references to rugby cricket and house masters The officers had their meals cooked for them and stayed in the dugout the men were left outside Honour and Cowardice WW1 soldiers were executed by British troops for cowardice and failure to follow orders The play presents a hero that turns to alcohol and a lsquocowardrsquo that believes he has neuralgia
Characters in the play Stanhope Osborne Raleigh Trotter Hibbert The Colonel Hardy Mason
Themes in the play
Heroism Comradeship War Social Class Cowardice
Key Words
FORESHADOWING DRAMATIC IRONY PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECT STRUCTURE PUBLIC SCHOOL BOY NEURALGIA HUMOUR OXYMORON METAPHOR SIMILE JUXTAPOSITION TRAGEDY PROTAGONIS HEROISM CAMARADERIE
World War One Poetry Key Poetry Terms VERSE RHYME RHYTHM STANZA ENJAMBMENT CAESURA SIBILANCE ALLITERATION PERSONIFICATION PATHETIC FALLACY ONOMATOPOEIA
English
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Independent Study Journeys End and War Poetry ndash Part 2
Context
(complete at least 3 of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about World War One
Watch the film My Boy Jack
Watch the film War Horse
Watch the film Testament of Youth
Read the book Private Peaceful by Michael Morpurgo
Research 10 facts about what women did during World War One
Research 10 facts about Shell Shock during World War One
The Plot of Journeyrsquos End
Write a summary of each Act in the play in the space below
Act 1
Act 2
Act 3
The Characters in Journeyrsquos End
- Find 10 words to describe each of the characters listed below
Stanhope
Raleigh
Osborne
Hibbert
Mason
Trotter
War Poetry (complete both of these tasks)
Research 10 facts about the war poet Wilfred Owen
Research 10 facts about the war poet Vera Brittain
Themes and Sherriffrsquos message
Answer these questions
1 What is Sherriffrsquos message about World War One
2 What is Sherriffrsquos message about heroism 3 What is Sherriffrsquos message about the class
system during World War One 4 What is Sherriffrsquos message about
comradeship during World War One 5 What is Sherriffrsquos message about life in the
trenches 6 What is Sherriffrsquos message about cowardice
in World War One
Enterprise and Marketing
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Jardiniegravere Julienne Macedoine mas-i-dwahn
Batonnet bah-tow-NAY
Chiffonade Brunoise BROON-wahz
Turning
Cooks Knife Dicing chopping trimming vegetables meat poultry fresh herbs
Paring Knife
Fruits vegetables
Boning Knife
Removing bones from meat and poultry
Filleting Knife
Filleting fish
Carving Knife
Carving meat
Bread Knife
Slicing bread
Palette Knife Icing cakes turning food during cooking moulding smoothing food
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 Knowledge Organiser
Module 1 meat fish and poultry
There are specific terms used for vegetable cuts relating to the size and shape of the outcome Knife holds-
The Claw Grip To use the claw grip shape your hands into a claw shape tucking the thumb inside the fingers The knuckle to fingertips part of the hand acts as a barrier against the knife blade when being held in the claw grip shape It is safer to use a large knife with a flat-sided blade than a smaller one for this reason
Place the item you want to cut flat side down on a chopping board and the rest the claw on the item to be sliced
Hold the knife in the other hand Use the knife point as a pivot (it should not leave the board) As you slice the food moves towards the knife this reduces the health and safety risk
Bridge Hold
To use the bridge hold first place the flat surface of the item on a chopping board
Now from a bridge with the thumb and index finger of one hand and hold the item on the chopping board
Hold a knife in the other hand and position the blade under the bridge formed with your hand Firmly cut downwards
Knife Safety Rules The correct knife should be used for the appropriate job Knives must be kept sharp and clean a blunt knife is more likely to cause a cut because more pressure needs to be applied to use it to cut Knife handles must be grease- free The point must always be downwards when carrying a knife Knives should not be put in the washing up bowl A Knife must not be left on the edge of the table or chopping board
Boning A Chicken
Remove the legs by cutting down through
the skin in-between the joint Turn the
chicken over and break the leg- pop it out
of the joint
Find the knuckle and cut through the leg
this separates the thigh and drumstick
Cur through the joint to remove the wing
Cut a V shape on either side of the wish
bone to release it cut through the knuckle
at the base
Remove the breast from the carcass
Classification of
Meat
4 main meat
sources ndash
Animals ndash pork
beef lamb
Poultry ndash chicken
turkey duck
goose
Game ndash feathered
or furred
Offal ndash tongue
tripe kidney
heart brain
trotters
Food Preparation and Nutrition
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser - Nutrition
Macronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency Excess
Fat 9 Kcal per gram
Saturated ndash from animals and coconut oil need to eat less they contribute to CHD Unsaturated ndash from vegetables do not contribute to CHD eat more of these and less of saturated
Butter lard dripping poultry skin fat on meat ndash bacon ham mince beef Olive sunflower avocado rape seed
Primary energy source Insulates to keep the body warm bull Protects bones and kidneys from damage providing a cushion layer bull Provide fat soluble vitamins A D E and K
Weight loss bull The body will chill quickly because there is not enough fat to insulate bull The body will easily bruise as there is not a thick enough cushion of fat for protection bull Body will not receive enough vitamins A D E and K as these are found in foods containing fat
Obesity type 2 diabetes coronary heart disease skin complaints pain in joints Cardiovascular disease
Carbohydrate 4 Kcal per gram
Starch ndash slower release of energy Sugar ndash fast release of energy NSP ndash Non Starch Polysaccharides (fibre)
Bread potato pasta rice wheat cous cous Sugar sweets drinks cake chocolate biscuits
Primary energy source NSP get rid of waste products produce so1048908 bulky faeces Keeps digestive system healthy controls Weight helps us feel fuller for longer slows down digestion and absorption of carbs So helps to control blood sugar levels Could help reduce cholesterol levels
Rare in the UK Weight loss Lack of weight tiredness bullSevere weakness bullNot enough NSP = constipation May lead to cancer of the bowel
Weight gain ndash If the diet has more energy (carbs) than it needs the body converts and stores as fat Type 2 diabetes tooth decay (dental caries)
Proteins 4 Kcal per gram
HBV ndash animal sources and soya LBV ndash vegetable sources Complementation ndash eating more than 1 HBV proteins together
Meat poultry game offal soya Peas beans lentils chickpeas Baked beans on toast
Secondary energy source growth and repair
Kwashiorkor marasmus Children will not grow properly Hair loss nails and skin in poor condition Easily develop infections due to weakened immune system
Too much nitrogen in the body is dangerous The liver and kidneys have to work harder to remove it This puts them under stress and could harm them
Micronutrient Classification Food Source Function Deficiency
Vitamin A Fat soluble Animal (retinol) milk cheese butter eggs liver kidney oily fish added to veg fat spreads plant (beta carotene) cabbage spinach kale lettuce peas orangeredyellow veg + fruit
bull Keeps the skin healthy bull Helps us see in dim light bull Helps children to grow bull Keeps mucous membranes moist and healthy bull An antioxidant
Dry + infected skin + mucus membranes bullA Children donrsquot grow properly bullNight blindness leading to total blindness bullPoisonous in excess eg in supplements especially to unborn babies
Vitamin D Fat soluble Sunlight on skin oily fish meat eggs butter added to veg fat spreads fortified breakfast cereals
Helps calcium to be absorbed in the body bull Helps calcium to strengthen the bones and teeth
bullBones weaken + bend = Rickets in children + Osteomalacia in adults
Vitamin E Fat soluble Soya corn oil olive oil nuts seeds whole wheat veg fat spreads
bull an antioxidant (helps prevent heart disease + cancer) A deficiency is rare
Vitamin K Fat soluble Green leafy veg liver cheese green tea Helps the blood to clot when the body is injured bullBabies sometimes lose some blood at birth
Vitamin B Water soluble Meat milk cheese eggs veg fresh + dried fruit wholemeal bread fortified breakfast cereals flour
Helps energy to be released from food in the body bullBerimdashberi affects nerves + Muscles Pellagra (diarrhoea dementia
Vitamin B12 Water Soluble Liver meat fish cheese fortified breakfast cereals yeast Works with vitamin B9 to make healthy red blood cells bull Keeps nerve cells healthy
Pernicious anaemia May lead to spina bifida in babies
Vitamin C Water soluble Fruits + veg especially citrus fruits (eg oranges lemons limes grapefruit) blackcurrants kiwi Brussel sprouts cabbage broccoli new potatoes milk + liver
bull Helps the body absorb iron bull Keeps connective tissue which binds the body cells together healthy bull an antioxidant
Scurvy bullAnaemia (not enough iron absorbed) bullBleeding under skin bullLoose teeth bullWounds do not heal
Nutrients are chemicals found in food that our bodies needs to survive There are two main groups of nutrients ndash
macronutrients (nutrients needed in larger amounts) and micronutrients (nutrients needed in smaller amounts)
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 1
French English
aimable kind
aicircneacute elder
amour lrsquo (m) love
srsquoappeler to be called
avoirans to beyears old
barbe la beard
bavard chattytalkative
beaubellebel beautiful
beau-pegravere le step-father
belle-megravere la step-mother
becircte stupid silly
boucleacute curly
ceacutelibataire Single
cheveux les (m) hair
copain lecopine la friend mate
court short
demi-fregravere le half-brother
demi-sœur la half-sister
se disputer to argue
dire to say tell
eacutegoiumlste selfish
ensemble together
srsquoentendre (avec) to get on (with)
facirccheacute angry
se faire des amis to make friends
femme la wifewoman
fille la daughtergirl
fils le son
friseacute curly
geacuteneacutereuxgeacuteneacutereuse generous
gentilgentille kind nice
grand-megravere la grandmother
grand-pegravere le grandfather
grands-parents les (m) grandparents
grosgrosse fat
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 2
French English
heureuxheureuse happy
injuste unfair
jeune young
joli pretty
laid ugly
longlongue long
lunettes les (f) glasses
mari le husband
se marier to get married marry
meacutechant naughty
mi-long medium length
mort dead
naissance la birth
neacute(e) le born on the
nom le name
paresseuxparesseuse lazy
partager to share
partenaire lela partner
peacutenible annoying
petit ami le boyfriend
petite amie la girlfriend
petite-fille la granddaughter
petit-fils le grandson
preacutenom le first name
raide straight
rapports les (m) relationships
sens de lrsquohumour le sense of humour
seacutepareacute separated
sortir to go out
sportifsportive sporty
sympa kind nice
de taille moyenne medium height
tante la aunt
timide shy
tranquille quiet calm
French
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Identity and culture - Me my family and friends - Part 3
French English
travailleurtravailleuse hard-working
triste sad
unique only
vieuxvieilvieille old
yeux les (m) eyes
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 1
French English
aider to help
animeacute lively
arbre lrsquo (m) tree
armoire lrsquo (f) wardrobe
bacirctiment le building
besoin le (avoirde) need (to need)
bibliothegraveque la library
boucherie la butcherrsquos shop
baskets les (f) trainers
boulangerie la bakery
bijou le jewel jewellery
bijouterie la jewellerrsquos shop
blouson le coatjacket
bon marcheacute cheap
bruit le noise
bureau le office study
bruyant noisy
caisse la till
calme quiet
campagne la countryside
carte bancaire la bank card
cave la cellar
ceinture la belt
ceacutelegravebre famous
centre commercial le shopping centre
champ le field
chapeau le hat
charcuterie la delicatessen
chaussette la sock
chaussure la shoe
chemise la shirt
choix le choice
chose la thing
circulation la traffic
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 2
French English
commerces les (m) shops
colline la hill
commissariat le police station
cravate la tie
cuisine la kitchencooking
deacutemeacutenager to move house
deacutemodeacute old-fashioned
deacutepenser to spend (money)
devoir to have to
eacuteconomiser to save
escalier lrsquo (m) staircase
essayer to try on
eacutetage lrsquo (m) floor storey
fenecirctre la window
ferme la farm
fleur la flower
gare la railway station
gare routiegravere la bus station
gens les (m) people
gilet le waistcoat
grand magasin le department store
gratuit free (of charge)
habitant lrsquo (m) inhabitant
hocirctel de ville lrsquo (m) town hall
immeuble lrsquo (m) block of flats
jardinage le gardening
jupe la skirt
laver to wash
librairie la bookshop
livrer to deliver
maison la (individuellejumeleacuteemitoyenne) house (detachedsemi-detachedterraced)
mairie la town hall
manteau le overcoat
marcheacute le market
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 3
French English
meubles les (m) furniture
mode la fashion
(agrave la) montagne la (in the) mountain(s)
mur le wall
museacutee le museum
nettoyer to clean
pantalon le trousers
parc le park
parfum le perfume
pacirctisserie la cake shop
pauvre poor
perdre to lose
piegravece la room
place la square
portefeuille le wallet
porte-monnaie le purse
poser to put down
poste la post office
pouvoir to be able
prix le price
propre clean tidy
pull le jumper
quartier le quarter area
quitter to leave
ranger to tidy
reacuteduire to reduce
reacuteduit reduced
rez-de-chausseacutee le ground floor
risque le risk
robe la dress
sale dirty
salle agrave manger la dining room
salle de bains la bathroom
salon le living room lounge
French
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser
Local national international and global areas of interest
Home town neighbourhood and region - Part 4
French English
seacutecuriteacute la safety
soldes les (m) sale
sous-sol le basement
station-service la service station
tabac le newsagentrsquos
transport en commun le public transport
travailler to work
se trouver to be situated
usine lrsquo (f) factory
vendeur levendeuse la shop assistant
vendre to sell
veste la jacket
vecirctements les (m) clothes
vie la life
ville la town
vitrine la shop window
vivre to live
voisin le neighbour
zone pieacutetonne la pedestrian zone
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Geography
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW1
History
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash WW2
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Decimal System A number system using a base of ten
Base of Ten Our everyday number system is a base of 10 We
have 10 digits to represent all numbers
Digit
The individual symbols 012345678 9 that are
used on their own or put together to make
numbers
Place Value The value of a specific digit depends on its position
in the number
Negative Numbers A number that is less than zero -3 -2 -1
Integers A number that is not a fraction or decimal a whole
number 1 2 3 hellip
Rounding Making a number less accurate but easier to
estimate with 552631 = 553 (nearest whole number)
Decimal Places (dp)
The number of digits after the decimal point A
number can be rounded to a given number of
decimal places
552631 = 55263 (2dp)
Significant Figures (sf)
Describe the relative importance of digits in a
number A number can be rounded to a given
number of significant figures
First Significant Figure The first digit from the left that is not zero
Partitioning Splitting a number into smaller numbers which add
up to the original number
127 = 100 + 20 + 7
152 = 80 + 40 + 32
51 +127 = 51 10 + 2 + 07
Compensation
One number is rounded to simplify a calculation
then the answer is adjusted to compensate for the
original change
142 ndash 39 = (142 ndash 40) + 1 = 102 + 1 = 103
158 ndash 189 = (158 ndash 20) + 11 = 1391
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A collection of letters and numbers without an = sign 5x - 2
Equation Contains an = sign and an unknown letter to be solved 6x + 2 = 14
x2 = 5 + 4x
Formula
Formulae
Contains an = sign and describes a relationship between
two or more letters
C = πD (Circumference of a circle)
A = πr2 (Area of a circle)
Term One of the quantities in an expression Terms are liked
with addition or subtraction signs
In the expression 4x3 + 3x2 ndash 7y + 9
4x3 3x2 7y and 9 are all terms
Substituting Replacing a letter with a number and working out the
value Substituting x = 2 in 4x2 + 3x gives 4 x 22 + 3 x 2 = 22
Unknown An unknown quantity represented by a letter
3x + 4 = 16
The unknown value of x can be found by solving
the equation
Index
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows how many
times the base has to be multiplied The plural of index is
indices
Power or index
53 = 5 x 5 x 5
Base
Index Laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers written in
index notation
32 x 35 = 37
56 divide 52 = 54
(23)4 = 212
am x an = am+n
am divide an = am-n
(am)n = amn
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how many of that
letter are required In 6x + 1 6 is the coefficient
Brackets Used to show part of an expression that has to be
evaluated before the rest of the expression In 3(x +9) 9 is added to x before multiplying by 3
Expand Multiply out each term within a bracket 6(x-3) = 6x - 18
Simplify Expand brackets collect like terms or factorise to make an
expression easier to use
2(6x + 3) ndash 3x + 2y
= 12x + 6 -3x +2y
= 9x + 2y + 6
Highest Common
Factor
The largest expression that divides exactly into two or
more expressions
HCF of 15 and 35 is 5
HCF of 15x and 3xy is 3x
Foundation Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute Angle An angle smaller than 90o
Right Angle A 90o angle or lsquoquarter turnrsquo
Obtuse Angle Greater than 90o but smaller than 180o
Reflex Angle Greater than 180o but smaller than 360o
Alternate Angles These angles are equal the lines make a Z shape
which can be back to front
Corresponding Angles These angles are equal the lines make an F shape
The F shape can be upside down or back to front
Co-Interior Angles These angles add to 180 the lines make a C shape
The C shape can be back to front
Three-Figure Bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
East is 090o
South- West is 225o
Polygon A 2D shape with three or more straight sides Pentagon (5) Hexagon (6)
Octagon (8)
Triangle A three sided polygon Right angled equilateral isosceles scalene
Quadrilateral A four sided polygon Square rectangle rhombus trapezium parallelogram kite
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size Side lengths
share the same scale factor
Scale Factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two similar
shapes
Interior Angle The angle between two sides inside a polygon
Exterior Angle The angle between one side of a polygon and the
next side extended
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 1
Language Meaning Example
Place value The value of a digit according to its position in
a number
1234 2 means 2 tens = 20
4 means 4 tenths = 120786
120783120782
Rounding Making a number easier to work with by
giving its approximate value using less digits 10367 = 1037 (1 dp)
= 100 (1 sf)
00055 = 00 (1dp)
= 0006 (1 sf)
Decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point
Significant Figures The number of digits after the first non-zero
digit
Directed Number A positive or negative number
Negative A number that is less than zero 120785 minus 120788 = minus120785
Estimate An approximate calculation or a judgement of
a quantity
Estimate 120788120790 120790120791 times 120784120783 120783 asymp 120789120782 times 120784120782 = 120783120786120782120782
Exact = 1453579
Partitioning Splitting a larger number into smaller
numbers which add up to the original number
120790120787 + 120784120787 120788 = 120790120787 + (120783120787 + 120783120782 120788)
= 120783120782120782 + 120783120782 120788
= 120783120783120782 120788
Compensation Replacing a number by a simpler approximate
value and a correction
120783120787120790 minus 120783120790 120791 = 120783120787120790 minus (120784120782 minus 120783 120783) =
(120783120787120790 minus 120784120782) + 120783 120783
= 120783120785120791 120783
Operations Rules for processing numbers Addition subtraction multiplication and division
Order of operations
The order in which operations have to be
carried out to give the correct answer to a
calculation
120784 + 120786 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120784 + 120783120784 minus 120783 = 120783120785
(120784 + 120786) times 120785 minus 120783 = 120788 times 120785 minus 120783 = 120783120789
(120784 + 120786) times (120785 minus 120783) = 120788 times 120784 = 120783120784
120784 + 120786 times (120785 minus 120783) = 120784 + 120786 times 120784 = 120783120782 BIDMAS
An acronym for the correct order of
operations Brackets Indices (or powers)
Division or Multiplication Addition or
Subtraction
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 2
Language Meaning Example
Expression A meaningful collection of letters numbers
and operations
120787119961 minus 120784
Terms are 120787119961 and 120784
Variable is 119961
Coefficient of 119961 is 120788
Term
One of the component parts in an expression
Terms are linked with addition or subtraction
signs
Variable An unknown quantity represented by a letter
Coefficient A number in front of a letter that shows how
many of that letter are required
Substituting Replacing a letter with a numerical value If 119961 = 120784 120787119961 minus 120784 = 120787 times 120784 minus 120784 = 120790
Like terms
Terms that contain exactly the same
combination of variables It is usual to collect
like terms
120787119961120784 + 120785119961 minus 120789119961 = 120787119961120784 minus 120786119961
120785119961 and minus120789119961 are like terms
IndexIndices
Base
Power
In index notation the index or power shows
how many times the base has to be multiplied
by itself
The plural of index is indices
120787120785 = 120787 times 120787 times 120787
Index laws A set of rules for calculating with numbers
written in index notation
119938119950 times 119938119951 = 119938119950+119951
119938119950 divide 119938119951 = 119938119950minus119951
(119938119950)119951 = 119938119950119951
120785120784 times 120785120787 = 120785120789
120787120788 divide 120787120784 = 120787120786
(120784120785)120786 = 120784120783120784
Expand Multiply out brackets and collect terms
120787119961(120787 + 119961) + 120783120782(119961 minus 120785)
= 120783120782119961 + 120784119961120784 + 120783120782119961 minus 120785120782
= 120784119961120784 + 120784120782119961 minus 120785120782
Factorise Rewrite an expression using brackets by
taking out the highest common factor
120783120782119961119962120784 + 120787119961120784119962
= 120787119961119962 times 120784119962 + 120787119961119962 times 119961
= 120787119961119962(120784119962 + 119961)
Higher Maths
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Chapter 3
Language Meaning Example
Acute angle 0 lt acute angle lt 90deg
Right angle Right angle = 90deg
Obtuse angle 90deg lt obtuse angle lt 180deg
Reflex angle 180deg lt reflex angle lt 360deg
Alternate and
Corresponding angles
When a line crosses a pair of parallel lines
alternate angles lie on opposite sides of the
crossing line and opposite sides of the parallel
lines
Corresponding angles lie on the same side of
the crossing line and the same side of the
parallel lines
Three-figure bearing A direction defined by a three-figure angle
measured clockwise from north
North-east is 045deg
North-west is 315deg
Congruent Exactly the same shape and size
Similar The same shape but different size
Scale factor The ratio of corresponding lengths in two
similar shapes
Polygon A 2D shape with straight edges Triangle square hexagon
Quadrilateral A polygon with four sides Square rectangle rhombus parallelogram trapezium kite
Interior angle The angle between two adjacent sides inside
a polygon
Exterior angle The angle between one side of a polygon and
the next side extended
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 1
Music
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers ndash Skeleton
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Muscles
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Lungs
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Heart
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Types of Movement
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Health
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Skills
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Principles of Training
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 1
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Training Zones and Methods of Training ndash Part 2
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Warm up and Cool down
Physical Education
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Use of Data
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 1 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Christian Beliefs Key Words
Ascension Jesus returning to be with God in heaven after the crucifixion
Omnipotent Godrsquos nature as all-powerful
Atonement Making things better after sinning asking for forgiveness from God
Original Sin The built-in tendency to do wrong which comes from Eversquos disobedience
Benevolent Godrsquos nature as all-loving Resurrection Jesus returning from the dead after he was crucified
Crucifixion Jesusrsquo execution by the Romans on the cross Salvation Being saved from sin and given eternal life in heaven by God
Incarnation God becoming flesh in the form of Jesus Christ Sin Any thought or action which goes against Godrsquos will Just Godrsquos nature as fair Trinity Godrsquos nature as three-parts-in-one the Father Son
and Holy Spirit
Key Ideas
Nature of God
- Christians believe in one God who is the creator and the sustainer of all that exists - God is omnipotent which means they are almighty and have unlimited power - God is benevolent which means they are all-loving and all-good - God is just which means they are a perfect and fair judge - The Problem of Suffering asks if God is all these things why do they allow bad things to happen to good and innocent people
The Trinity - Christians believe God is three persons in one This idea is called the Trinity - Each person of the Trinity is fully God but the three persons of the Trinity are not the same - The Father is the creator of all life - The Son is Jesus Christ who is both fully human and fully God - The Holy Spirit is the unseen power of God at work in the world especially answering prayers ldquoWe believe in one God Father Son and Holy Spiritrdquo ndash The Nicene Creed
Incarnation and Crucifixion Crucifixion - Jesus travelled to Jerusalem to preach and he was sentenced to death by Pontius Pilate - Jesus was then nailed to a cross where he died - In his last moments Jesus was able to forgive those who were killing him showing Christians how important forgiveness is - This event is remembered on Good Friday ldquoForgive them father they know not what they dordquo ndash Luke 2334
Incarnation - Christians believe that God was incarnated (born) in human form as Jesus Christ - Mary was impregnated by the Holy Spirit and gave birth as a virgin ndash for Christians this is proof of Jesusrsquo status as the son of God - Christmas is the festival that celebrates the incarnation ldquoThe word became fleshrdquo ndash John 114
Resurrection and Ascension
Resurrection - After Jesus was dead and buried Christians believe he rose from the dead ndash this is the resurrection - Early on the Sunday three women visited his tomb expecting to find his body but it was not there - After his resurrection Jesus appeared to his disciples and told them to spread the word of him - This event is celebrated on Easter Sunday ldquoHe is risenrdquo ndash Christians say this to each other on Easter Sunday
Ascension - Forty days after he rose from the dead Jesus ascended (went up) into heaven
A belief in resurrection and ascension - Shows life after death is real - Assures Christians they will rise again after death and live on in the afterlife - Leads Christians to try and lead a good life
Sin and Salvation - Christians believe you are judged after you die (see Religion and Life) and how well or badly you have lived and treated others decides if you go to heaven or hell - Sin is any action or thought that goes against Godrsquos will Christians can look in the Bible for advice on what is a sin eg murder (you shall not kill) and adultery (cheating you shall not commit adultery) - God gave humans free will but they should use that freedom to make good choices and not sin - Salvation is the idea that Jesusrsquos crucifixion saves human beings from eternal damnation - The death of Jesus made up for original sin ndash the idea that we were all damned by Eversquos choice to disobey God ndash it allows us to atone for sins and reach eternal life in heaven
Religious Education
Year 9 ndash Module 2 - Knowledge Organisers ndash Buddhism Beliefs Key Words
Arhat A lsquoperfected personrsquo who has overcome the main sources of suffering
Four Noble Truths Four truths the Buddha taught about suffering and how to overcome it
Asceticism A lifestyle of strict self-denial ndash rejected by Siddhartha for the Middle Way
Four Sights Four things Siddhartha saw that inspired him to leave his life of luxury
Bodhisattva An enlightened person who chooses to remain in samsara to teach others
Jakata A book of popular tales about the life of the Buddha
Dependent Arising The idea that everything is dependent on everything else
Meditation The practice of focusing or calming the mind and reflecting on teachings
Dharma The Buddharsquos teachings ndash how to reach the state of enlightenment
Nirvana A state of complete enlightenment which lies outside the cycle of samsara
Dukkha Suffering or dissatisfaction ndash something Buddhists seek to overcome
Samsara The cycle of life death and re-birth
Eightfold Path Eight aspects of life Buddhists live by to try and reach enlightenment
Three Marks of Existence Three Buddhist beliefs about the truth of existence
Enlightenment A state of spiritual wisdom which arises from understanding the nature of reality
Three Watches Three realisations Siddhartha made in order to become enlightened
Key Ideas
Buddharsquos Life + Four Sights Buddha was born Siddhartha Gautama around 500BC in southern Nepal He grew up in a life of luxury as the son of a Queen He was inspired to leave this life by the Four Sights After this he lived an ascetic life of self-denial and pain but wasnrsquot able to become enlightened so left it for the Middle Way between pain and luxury
The Four Sights Siddhartha saw on his trip outside the palace were
1 An old man ndash everyone ages 2 An ill man ndash everyone becomes ill 3 A dead man ndash all things die 4 A holy man ndash the only answer to these problems
Enlightenment + 3 Watches After the failure of Siddhartharsquos ascetic life to provide him with enlightenment Siddhartha chose to follow the Middle Way He meditated under a tree and was tempted by Mara who tried to distract him but he stayed focused on meditation and reaching enlightenment Eventually he became enlightened during the Three Watches of the Night where he understood knowledge of all his previous lives the cycle of life death and re-birth (samsara) and that all beings suffer due to desire After this Siddhartha became enlightened and began to be known as Buddha
Three Marks of Existence
The Three Marks of Existence are the fundamental Buddhist beliefs about the nature of human existence They present a very different view of the world to Christianity That suffering is inevitable that everything is impermeant and that we have no fixed immortal soul
Dukkha Suffering is a part of life that all people must face Buddhists can try and overcome it
Anicca The idea of impermanence ndash that everything constantly changes and we suffer when we resist it
Anatta The idea that we donrsquot have a fixed soul ndash there is no unchanging essence to us
Four Noble Truths + Eightfold Path
The Four Noble Truths are what Buddha taught about suffering 1 There is suffering gtgt 2 Suffering has a cause gtgt 3 Suffering can come to an end gtgt 4 There is a way to end suffering One of the main causes of suffering is tanha or craving Other causes are known as the Three Poisons of greed hatred and ignorance Ultimately Buddha teaches that we can and must overcome these causes of suffering in order to become enlightened and reach nirvana ndash a state of freedom happiness and peace The Eightfold Path consists of eight aspects that Buddhists practise and live by in order to do this eg Right speech (speaking truthfully and kindly) right mindfulness (developing awareness of the world around you) and right understanding (developing an understanding of Buddharsquos teachings)
Types of Buddhism
Theravada Known as the lsquolesser vehiclersquo as only male monks achieve enlightenment Oldest form of Buddhism found in southern Asia
Mahayana Known as the lsquogreater vehiclersquo as anyone can become enlightened Teaches sunyata or emptiness ndash nothing as a separate soul or self
Pure Land Mostly found in Japan ndash a form of Mahayana Buddhism Based on faith in Amitabha Buddha and his paradise where you can reach enlightenment (NirvanaNibbana)
Bodhisattva + Arhat
Bodhisattva Mahayana Buddhists aim to become a Bodhisattva Someone who reaches an enlightened state but chooses to remain in the cycle of samsara to help others reach enlightenment
Arhat Theravada Buddhists aim to become an Arhat by following the Eightfold Path An Arhat is a lsquoperfected personrsquo who overcomes the main sources of suffering and reaches nirvana
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Science
Year 9 ndash Modules 1 and 2 ndash Knowledge Organisers
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 1 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 1
Spanish
Year 9 ndash Module 2 ndash Knowledge Organiser ndash Part 2
top related